blob: 606d3791864bfe913a3969c82628062b5dbb7dc2 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Matthew Rosato59d1ce42022-09-02 13:27:37 -040040 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n"
41 " zpcii-disable=on|off disables zPCI interpretation facilities (default=off)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020042 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000043SRST
44``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
45 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
46 available machines.
47
48 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
49 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
50 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
51 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
52
53 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
54 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
55 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
56 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
57 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
58
59 Supported machine properties are:
60
61 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
62 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020063 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000064 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
65 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
66 initialize.
67
68 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
69 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
70 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
71 off otherwise the default is on.
72
73 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
74 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
75
76 ``mem-merge=on|off``
77 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
78 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
79 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
80
81 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
82 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
83 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
84 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
85 is on.
86
87 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
88 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
89 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
90 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
91 is on.
92
93 ``nvdimm=on|off``
94 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
95
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000096 ``memory-encryption=``
97 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
98
99 ``hmat=on|off``
100 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
101 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500102
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100103 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500104 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
105 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
106
107 For example:
108 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100109
110 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
111 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
112 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500113
114 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100115
116 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
117 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
118 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
119 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
120 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
121 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
122
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500123 For example:
124 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100125
126 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
127 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
128 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100129
130 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
131 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
132
133 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
134
135 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
136 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
137 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
138 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
139 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
140 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
141
142 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
143 which may be identified by the id provied in the -device entry.
144 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
145 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
146 target index from 0.
147
148 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
149 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
150 platform and configuration dependent.
151
152 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
153 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
154 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
155
156 Example:
157
158 ::
159
160 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Matthew Rosato59d1ce42022-09-02 13:27:37 -0400161
162 ``zpcii-disable=on|off``
163 Disables zPCI interpretation facilties on s390-ccw hosts.
164 This feature can be used to disable hardware virtual assists
165 related to zPCI devices. The default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000166ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000167
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400169 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200170 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
171
172SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400173``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200174 Define an SGX EPC section.
175ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200176
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000177DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100178 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000179SRST
180``-cpu model``
181 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
182 selection)
183ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000184
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000185DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100186 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200187 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100188 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100189 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100190 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700191 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100192 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400193 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800194 " notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n (enable notify VM exit and set notify window, x86 only)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300195 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000196SRST
197``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
198 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200199 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000200 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
201 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
202 initialize.
203
204 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
205 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
206 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
207 (default=off)
208
209 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
210 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
211 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
212 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
213 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
214 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
215
216 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
217 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
218
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700219 ``split-wx=on|off``
220 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
221 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
222 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
223 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
224
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000225 ``tb-size=n``
226 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
227
228 ``thread=single|multi``
229 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300230 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000231 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
232 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
233 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
234 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400235
236 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
237 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
238 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
239 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
240 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
241 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
242 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
243 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
244 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
245
Chenyi Qiange2e69f62022-09-29 15:20:14 +0800246 ``notify-vmexit=run|internal-error|disable,notify-window=n``
247 Enables or disables notify VM exit support on x86 host and specify
248 the corresponding notify window to trigger the VM exit if enabled.
249 ``run`` option enables the feature. It does nothing and continue
250 if the exit happens. ``internal-error`` option enables the feature.
251 It raises a internal error. ``disable`` option doesn't enable the feature.
252 This feature can mitigate the CPU stuck issue due to event windows don't
253 open up for a specified of time (i.e. notify-window).
254 Default: notify-vmexit=run,notify-window=0.
255
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000256ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000257
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000258DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800259 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800260 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100261 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700262 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800263 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
264 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800265 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
266 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800267 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
268 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
269 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
270 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
271 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
272 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
273 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
274 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
275 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
276 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
277 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
278 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
279 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
280 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000281SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800282``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100283 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
284 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
285 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800286 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
287 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
288 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
289 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
290 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800291 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
292 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
293 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
294 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100295
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800296 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
297 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
298 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
299 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
300 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
301 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
302 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
303 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100304
305 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800306 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
307 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
308 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800309
310 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
311 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
312 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
313 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
314 automatically computed:
315
316 ::
317
318 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
319
320 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
321 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
322 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
323 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
324 automatically computed:
325
326 ::
327
328 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
329
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800330 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
331 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
332 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
333 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
334 will be automatically computed:
335
336 ::
337
338 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
339
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800340 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
341 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
342 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800343 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
344 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800345
346 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
347 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
348
349 ::
350
351 -smp 2
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000352ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000353
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000354DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800355 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
356 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100357 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800358 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800359 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
360 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100361 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000362SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000363``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
364 \
365``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
366 \
367``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
368 \
369``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
370 \
371``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
372 \
373``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000374 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
375 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
376 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
377
378 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
379 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
380 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
381 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
382 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
383 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
384
385 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
386 NUMA node:
387
388 ::
389
390 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
391
392 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
393 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
394 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
395 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
396 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
397 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
398 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
399 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
400 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
401
402 For example:
403
404 ::
405
406 -M pc \
407 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
408 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
409 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
410
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400411 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
412 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
413 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
414 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
415
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000416
417 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
418 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
419 use it.
420
421 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
422 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
423 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
424 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
425
426 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
427 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
428 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
429 and must be itself.
430
431 ::
432
433 -machine hmat=on \
434 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
435 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
436 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
437 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
438 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
439 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
440 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
441 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
442
443 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
444 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
445 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
446 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
447 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
448 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
449 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
450 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
451 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
452 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
453
454 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
455 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
456 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
457 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
458
459 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
460 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
461 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
462 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
463 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
464
465 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
466 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
467 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
468 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
469 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
470 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
471 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
472 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
473 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
474 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
475 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
476 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
477
478 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
479 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
480 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
481 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
482 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
483
484 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
485 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
486 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
487 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
488 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
489 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
490 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
491
492 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
493 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
494 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
495 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
496 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
497 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
498 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
499 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
500
501 ::
502
503 -machine hmat=on \
504 -m 2G \
505 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
506 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800507 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000508 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
509 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
510 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
511 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
512 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
513 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
514 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
515 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
516 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
517 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
518ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000519
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100520DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
521 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
522 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000523SRST
524``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
525 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
526
527 ``fd=fd``
528 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
529 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
530 stderr.
531
532 ``set=set``
533 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
534 descriptor to.
535
536 ``opaque=opaque``
537 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
538 describe fd.
539
540 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
541 set:
542
543 .. parsed-literal::
544
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200545 |qemu_system| \\
546 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
547 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000548 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
549ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100550
551DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
552 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
553 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
554 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000555SRST
556``-set group.id.arg=value``
557 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
558ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100559
560DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200561 "-global driver.property=value\n"
562 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100563 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
564 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000565SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000566``-global driver.prop=value``
567 \
568``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000569 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
570
571 .. parsed-literal::
572
573 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
574
575 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
576 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
577 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
578 use -``device``.
579
580 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
581 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
582 even when driver contains a dot.
583ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100584
585DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
586 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800587 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100588 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
589 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
590 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
591 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
592 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000593SRST
594``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
595 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
596 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
597 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
598 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
599 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
600 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
601 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
602 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
603 both at the same time.
604
605 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
606 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
607
608 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
609 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
610 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
611 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
612 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
613 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
614 800x640.
615
616 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
617 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
618 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
619 for X86 system support it.
620
621 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
622 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
623 options. The default is non-strict boot.
624
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000625 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000626
627 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
628 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
629 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
630 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
631 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
632 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
633
634 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
635 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
636ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100637
638DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300639 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100640 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200641 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200642 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400643 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
644 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100645 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000646SRST
647``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
648 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
649 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
650 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
651 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
652 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
653
654 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
655 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
656 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
657
658 .. parsed-literal::
659
660 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
661
662 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
663 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
664ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100665
666DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
667 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000668SRST
669``-mem-path path``
670 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
671ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100672
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100673DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
674 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
675 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000676SRST
677``-mem-prealloc``
678 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
679ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100680
681DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
682 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
683 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000684SRST
685``-k language``
686 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
687 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
688 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
689 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
690 PC/Windows hosts.
691
692 The available layouts are:
693
694 ::
695
696 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
697 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
698 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
699
700 The default is ``en-us``.
701ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100702
703
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100704HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100705DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100706 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100707 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000708SRST
709``-audio-help``
710 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
711 (deprecated) environment variables.
712ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100713
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200714DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
715 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
716 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
717 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
718 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
719 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
720SRST
721``-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]``
722 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the guest audio
723 hardware and the host audio backend in one go.
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200724 The driver option is the same as with the corresponding ``-audiodev`` option below.
725 The guest hardware model can be set with ``model=modelname``.
726
727 Use ``driver=help`` to list the available drivers,
728 and ``model=help`` to list the available device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200729
730 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
731 can be used to shorten the command line length:
732
733 .. parsed-literal::
734
735 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
736 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
737ERST
738
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100739DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
740 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
741 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200742 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100743 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
744 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200745 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100746 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
747 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
748 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
749 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100750 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100751 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100752 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100753 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
754 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
755#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
756 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
757 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100758 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100759 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
760 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
761#endif
762#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
763 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
764 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
765#endif
766#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
767 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
768 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
769#endif
770#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
771 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
772 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
773 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
774 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
775 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
776 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
777 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
778#endif
779#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
780 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
781 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
782 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100783 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100784#endif
785#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
786 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100787 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100788#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200789#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
790 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
791#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100792#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
793 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
794#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400795#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
796 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
797#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100798 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
799 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
800 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000801SRST
802``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
803 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
804 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
805 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
806 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
807 ``out.prop``. For example:
808
809 ::
810
811 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
812 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
813
814 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
815 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
816 and continue emulation without sound.
817
818 Valid global options are:
819
820 ``id=identifier``
821 Identifies the audio backend.
822
823 ``timer-period=period``
824 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
825 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
826
827 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
828 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
829 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
830 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
831 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
832 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
833 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
834 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
835 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
836
837 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
838 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
839 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
840 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
841
842 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
843 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
844 is 44100Hz.
845
846 ``in|out.channels=channels``
847 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
848 Default is 2 (stereo).
849
850 ``in|out.format=format``
851 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
852 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100853 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000854
855 ``in|out.voices=voices``
856 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
857
858 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
859 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
860
861``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
862 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
863 no backend specific properties.
864
865``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
866 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
867 Linux.
868
869 ALSA specific options are:
870
871 ``in|out.dev=device``
872 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
873 is ``default``.
874
875 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
876 Sets the period length in microseconds.
877
878 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
879 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
880
881 ``threshold=threshold``
882 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
883
884``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
885 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
886 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
887
888 Core Audio specific options are:
889
890 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
891 Sets the count of the buffers.
892
893``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
894 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
895 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
896
897 DirectSound specific options are:
898
899 ``latency=usecs``
900 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
901 10000 (10 ms).
902
903``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
904 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
905 Unix-like systems.
906
907 OSS specific options are:
908
909 ``in|out.dev=device``
910 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
911 ``/dev/dsp``.
912
913 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
914 Sets the count of the buffers.
915
916 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
917 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
918
919 ``try-mmap=on|off``
920 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
921
922 ``exclusive=on|off``
923 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
924 case). Default is off.
925
926 ``dsp-policy=policy``
927 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
928 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
929 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
930 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
931
932``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
933 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
934 most systems.
935
936 PulseAudio specific options are:
937
938 ``server=server``
939 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
940
941 ``in|out.name=sink``
942 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
943
944 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
945 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
946 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
947
948``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
949 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
950 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100951 possible.
952
953 SDL specific options are:
954
955 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
956 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000957
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200958``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
959 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
960 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
961
962 Sndio specific options are:
963
964 ``in|out.dev=device``
965 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
966 is ``default``.
967
968 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
969 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
970
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000971``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
972 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
973 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
974 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
975 specific properties.
976
977``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
978 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
979
980 Backend specific options are:
981
982 ``path=path``
983 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
984 ``qemu.wav``.
985ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100986
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100987DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
988 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
989 " add device (based on driver)\n"
990 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
991 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
992 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
993 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000994SRST
995``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
996 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
997 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
998 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
999
1000 Some drivers are:
1001
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -05001002``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001003 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
1004 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
1005 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
1006 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
1007
1008 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
1009 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
1010 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1011 it.
1012
1013 ``id=id``
1014 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1015
1016 ``slave_addr=val``
1017 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1018
1019 ``sdrfile=file``
1020 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1021 is none.
1022
1023 ``fruareasize=val``
1024 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1025 1024.
1026
1027 ``frudatafile=file``
1028 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1029 The default is none.
1030
1031 ``guid=uuid``
1032 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1033 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1034 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1035
1036``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1037 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1038 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1039 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1040
1041 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1042 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1043 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1044 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1045 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1046 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1047 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1048 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1049
1050 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1051 details on the external interface.
1052
1053``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1054 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
1055 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1056
1057 ``bmc=id``
1058 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1059 above.
1060
1061 ``ioport=val``
1062 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1063 for KCS.
1064
1065 ``irq=val``
1066 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1067 interrupts, set this to 0.
1068
1069``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1070 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1071 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001072
1073``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
1074 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
1075
1076 ``bmc=id``
1077 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1078
1079``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1080 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001081
1082``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1083 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1084 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1085
1086 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1087 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1088 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1089 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1090 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1091 kernel-irqchip.
1092
1093 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1094 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1095 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1096 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1097 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1098 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1099 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1100
1101 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1102 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1103 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1104 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1105
1106 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1107 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1108 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1109 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1110
1111 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1112 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1113
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001114ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001115
1116DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001117 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001118 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001119 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1120 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001121 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001122 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001123SRST
1124``-name name``
1125 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1126 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1127 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1128 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1129ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001130
1131DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1132 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1133 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001134SRST
1135``-uuid uuid``
1136 Set system UUID.
1137ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001138
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001139DEFHEADING()
1140
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001141DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001142
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001143SRST
1144The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1145have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1146of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1147reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1148
1149The recommended modern way to describe disks is to use a combination of
1150``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1151describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
1152backend describes how QEMU handles the data.
1153
1154ERST
1155
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001156DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001157 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1158DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001159SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001160``-fda file``
1161 \
1162``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001163 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1164 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001165ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001166
1167DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001168 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1169DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001170DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001171 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1172DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001173SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001174``-hda file``
1175 \
1176``-hdb file``
1177 \
1178``-hdc file``
1179 \
1180``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001181 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1182 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001183ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001184
1185DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001186 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1187 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001188SRST
1189``-cdrom file``
1190 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1191 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1192 as filename.
1193ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001194
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001195DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1196 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1197 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001198 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1199 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001200 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1201 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001202SRST
1203``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1204 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1205 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1206 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1207 most common block drivers.
1208
1209 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1210 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1211 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1212 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1213 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1214
1215 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1216 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1217 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1218
1219 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1220 ``driver``
1221 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1222
1223 ``node-name``
1224 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1225 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1226 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1227 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1228
1229 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1230 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1231 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1232 explicit node name must be specified.
1233
1234 ``read-only``
1235 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1236
1237 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1238 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1239 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1240 option must be specified explicitly.
1241
1242 ``auto-read-only``
1243 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1244 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1245 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1246 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1247 is attached to the node.
1248
1249 ``force-share``
1250 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1251 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1252 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1253 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1254 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1255 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1256 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1257
1258 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1259
1260 ``cache.direct``
1261 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1262 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1263 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1264
1265 ``cache.no-flush``
1266 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1267 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1268 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1269 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1270 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1271 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1272 probably be rendered unusable.
1273
1274 ``discard=discard``
1275 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1276 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1277 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1278 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1279
1280 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1281 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1282 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1283 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1284 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1285 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1286
1287 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1288 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1289 files.
1290
1291 ``filename``
1292 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1293
1294 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001295 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1296 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001297
1298 ``locking``
1299 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1300 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1301 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1302 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1303
1304 Example:
1305
1306 ::
1307
1308 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1309
1310 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1311 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1312 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1313 ``file``.
1314
1315 ``file``
1316 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1317 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1318
1319 Example 1:
1320
1321 ::
1322
1323 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1324 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1325
1326 Example 2:
1327
1328 ::
1329
1330 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1331
1332 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1333 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1334 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1335 ``file``.
1336
1337 ``file``
1338 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1339 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1340
1341 ``backing``
1342 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1343 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1344 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1345 file.
1346
1347 ``lazy-refcounts``
1348 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1349 default is taken from the image file)
1350
1351 ``cache-size``
1352 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1353 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1354 refcount-cache-size)
1355
1356 ``l2-cache-size``
1357 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1358 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1359 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1360 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1361 minimal refcount cache size)
1362
1363 ``refcount-cache-size``
1364 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1365 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1366 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1367 cache)
1368
1369 ``cache-clean-interval``
1370 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1371 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1372 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1373 to 0 disables this feature.
1374
1375 ``pass-discard-request``
1376 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1377 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1378 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1379
1380 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1381 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1382 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1383 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1384
1385 ``pass-discard-other``
1386 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1387 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1388 (on/off; default: off)
1389
1390 ``overlap-check``
1391 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1392 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1393 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1394 ``blockdev-add``.
1395
1396 Example 1:
1397
1398 ::
1399
1400 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1401 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1402
1403 Example 2:
1404
1405 ::
1406
1407 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1408
1409 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1410 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1411 QMP command.
1412ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001413
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001414DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1415 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001416 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001417 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001418 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1419 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001420 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001421 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001422 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1423 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1424 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1425 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001426 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001427 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001428 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001429SRST
1430``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1431 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1432 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1433 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1434
1435 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1436 In addition, it knows the following options:
1437
1438 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001439 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1440 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1441 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001442 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1443
1444 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1445 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1446 for more information.
1447
1448 ``if=interface``
1449 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1450 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1451 pflash, virtio, none.
1452
1453 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1454 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1455 the bus number and the unit id.
1456
1457 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001458 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001459 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1460 type.
1461
1462 ``media=media``
1463 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1464
1465 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1466 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1467 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1468
1469 ``cache=cache``
1470 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1471 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1472 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1473 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1474 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1475 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1476 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1477
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001478 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1479 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1480 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1481 writeback on off off
1482 none on on off
1483 writethrough off off off
1484 directsync off on off
1485 unsafe on off on
1486 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001487
1488 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1489
1490 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001491 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1492 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001493
1494 ``format=format``
1495 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1496 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1497 an untrusted format header.
1498
1499 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1500 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1501 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1502 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1503 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1504 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1505 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1506
1507 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1508 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1509 backing file sectors into the image file.
1510
1511 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1512 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1513 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1514 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1515 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1516
1517 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1518 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1519 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1520 above the limit temporarily.
1521
1522 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1523 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1524 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1525
1526 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1527 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1528 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1529 spike above the limit temporarily.
1530
1531 ``iops_size=is``
1532 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1533 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1534 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1535
1536 ``group=g``
1537 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1538 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1539 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1540 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1541 disk.
1542
1543 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1544 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1545 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1546 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1547 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1548 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1549
1550 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1551 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1552 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1553 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1554 this has a major impact on performance.
1555
1556 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1557
1558 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1559 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1560 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1561
1562 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1563
1564 .. parsed-literal::
1565
1566 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1567
1568 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1569
1570 .. parsed-literal::
1571
1572 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1573 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1574 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1575 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1576
1577 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1578 set:
1579
1580 .. parsed-literal::
1581
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001582 |qemu_system| \\
1583 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1584 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001585 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1586
1587 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1588
1589 .. parsed-literal::
1590
1591 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1592
1593 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1594 drive:
1595
1596 .. parsed-literal::
1597
1598 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1599
1600 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1601
1602 .. parsed-literal::
1603
1604 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1605 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1606
1607 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1608 incremented:
1609
1610 .. parsed-literal::
1611
1612 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1613
1614 is interpreted like:
1615
1616 .. parsed-literal::
1617
1618 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1619ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001620
1621DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001622 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1623 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001624SRST
1625``-mtdblock file``
1626 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1627ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001628
1629DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001630 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001631SRST
1632``-sd file``
1633 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1634ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001635
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001636DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001637 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1638 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001639SRST
1640``-snapshot``
1641 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1642 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001643 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1644 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001645ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001646
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301647DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001648 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001649 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001650 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1651 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1652 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1653 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001654 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001655 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1656 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001657 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301658 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1659
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001660SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001661``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001662 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001663``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001664 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001665``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001666 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001667``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001668 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1669
1670 ``local``
1671 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1672
1673 ``proxy``
1674 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1675
1676 ``synth``
1677 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1678
1679 ``id=id``
1680 Specifies identifier for this device.
1681
1682 ``path=path``
1683 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1684 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1685
1686 ``security_model=security_model``
1687 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1688 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1689 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1690 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1691 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1692 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1693 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1694 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1695 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1696 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1697 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1698 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1699 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1700 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1701 parameter.
1702
1703 ``writeout=writeout``
1704 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1705 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1706 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1707 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1708 storage subsystem.
1709
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001710 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001711 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1712 default read-write access is given.
1713
1714 ``socket=socket``
1715 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1716 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1717
1718 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1719 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1720 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1721 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1722 sock\_fd.
1723
1724 ``fmode=fmode``
1725 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1726 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1727 "mapped-file".
1728
1729 ``dmode=dmode``
1730 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1731 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1732 "mapped-file".
1733
1734 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1735 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1736 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1737
1738 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1739 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1740 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1741 above the limit temporarily.
1742
1743 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1744 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1745 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1746
1747 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1748 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1749 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1750 spike above the limit temporarily.
1751
1752 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1753 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1754 throttling purposes.
1755
1756 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1757
1758``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1759 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1760
1761 ``type``
1762 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1763 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1764
1765 ``fsdev=id``
1766 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1767
1768 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1769 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1770 export point.
1771ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301772
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301773DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001774 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001775 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1776 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1777 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1778 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301779 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1780
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001781SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001782``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001783 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001784``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001785 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001786``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001787 \
1788``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001789 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1790 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1791 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1792 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1793 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1794 simultaniously.
1795
1796 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1797 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1798
1799 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001800
1801 ``local``
1802 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1803
1804 ``proxy``
1805 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1806
1807 ``synth``
1808 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1809
1810 ``id=id``
1811 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1812
1813 ``path=path``
1814 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1815 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1816
1817 ``security_model=security_model``
1818 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1819 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1820 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1821 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1822 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1823 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1824 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1825 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1826 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1827 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1828 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1829 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1830 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1831 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1832 parameter.
1833
1834 ``writeout=writeout``
1835 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1836 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1837 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1838 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1839 storage subsystem.
1840
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001841 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001842 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1843 default read-write access is given.
1844
1845 ``socket=socket``
1846 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1847 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1848 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1849 sock\_fd.
1850
1851 ``sock_fd``
1852 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1853 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1854
1855 ``fmode=fmode``
1856 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1857 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1858 "mapped-file".
1859
1860 ``dmode=dmode``
1861 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1862 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1863 "mapped-file".
1864
1865 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1866 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1867 export point.
1868
1869 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1870 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1871 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1872 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1873 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1874 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1875 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1876 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1877 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1878 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1879 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1880 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1881 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1882 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1883 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1884 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1885 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1886 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1887 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1888 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1889 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1890 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1891 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1892 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1893 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1894 devices).
1895ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301896
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001897DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1898 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1899 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1900 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1901 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1902 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1903
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001904SRST
1905``-iscsi``
1906 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1907ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001908
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001909DEFHEADING()
1910
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001911DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001912
1913DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001914 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001915 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001916SRST
1917``-usb``
1918 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1919 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1920 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1921 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1922ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001923
1924DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1925 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1926 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001927SRST
1928``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001929 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1930 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1931 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1932 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1933 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1934 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1935 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1936 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1937 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1938 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1939 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001940 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001941 Possible devices for devname are:
1942
1943 ``braille``
1944 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1945 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1946 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1947 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1948
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001949 ``keyboard``
1950 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001951
1952 ``mouse``
1953 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1954 activated.
1955
1956 ``tablet``
1957 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1958 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1959 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1960 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1961
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001962 ``wacom-tablet``
1963 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1964
1965
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001966ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001967
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001968DEFHEADING()
1969
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001970DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001971
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001972DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001973#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001974 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001975#endif
1976#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02001977 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
1978 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001979#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001980#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001981 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02001982 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001983#endif
1984#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1985 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1986#endif
1987#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1988 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1989#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001990#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09001991 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001992#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001993#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1994 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1995#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001996#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
1997 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
1998 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1999#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002000#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
2001 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
2002#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002003 "-display none\n"
2004 " select display backend type\n"
2005 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
2006#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
2007 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002008#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002009 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002010#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002011 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002012#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002013 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002014#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002015 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002016#endif
2017 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002018SRST
2019``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002020 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2021 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002022
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002023 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2024 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2025 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2026 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2027
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002028 ``dbus``
2029 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2030
2031 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2032 already owned).
2033
2034 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2035
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002036 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2037
2038 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2039 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002040
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002041 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002042 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2043 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002044 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002045
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002046 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002047 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2048 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002049
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002050 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2051
2052 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2053
2054 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2055
2056 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002057 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2058 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002059 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002060
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002061 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2062
2063 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2064
2065 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2066
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002067 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2068 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2069 virtual console character devices) by default.
2070
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002071 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2072
2073 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2074
2075 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002076 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2077 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2078 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2079 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2080 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2081 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2082 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2083 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2084 ``CP437``.
2085
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002086 ``cocoa``
2087 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2088 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2089 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2090
2091 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2092
2093 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2094
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002095 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002096 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2097 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2098 VNC or SPICE displays.
2099
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002100 ``vnc=<display>``
2101 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2102
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002103 ``none``
2104 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2105 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2106 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2107 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2108 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2109 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002110ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002111
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002112DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002113 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2114 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002115SRST
2116``-nographic``
2117 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2118 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2119 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2120 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2121 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2122 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2123 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2124 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2125ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002126
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002127#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002128DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002129 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2130 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2131 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002132 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2133 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002134 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2135 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2136 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002137 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
2138 " [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002139 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2140 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2141 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002142 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2143 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002144 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002145 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002146 " enable spice\n"
2147 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2148 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002149#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002150SRST
2151``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2152 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2153
2154 ``port=<nr>``
2155 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2156
2157 ``addr=<addr>``
2158 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2159 address.
2160
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002161 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002162 Force using the specified IP version.
2163
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002164 ``password=<string>``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002165 Set the password you need to authenticate.
2166
Daniel P. Berrangéc47c0bc2021-03-11 11:43:43 +00002167 This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
2168 password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
2169 instead.
2170
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002171 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2172 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2173 you need to authenticate.
2174
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002175 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002176 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2177 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2178 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2179 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2180 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2181 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2182 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2183 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2184 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2185 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2186 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2187 credentials.
2188
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002189 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002190 Allow client connects without authentication.
2191
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002192 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002193 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2194
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002195 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002196 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2197 guest.
2198
2199 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2200 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2201
2202 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2203 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2204 $display,x509=$dir
2205
2206 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2207 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2208
2209 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2210 Specify which ciphers to use.
2211
2212 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2213 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2214 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2215 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2216 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2217 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2218 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2219
2220 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2221 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2222
2223 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2224 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2225 is auto.
2226
2227 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2228 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2229
2230 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2231 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2232
2233 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2234 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2235 Default is on.
2236
2237 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2238 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2239
2240 ``gl=[on|off]``
2241 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2242
2243 ``rendernode=<file>``
2244 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2245 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2246ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002247
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002248DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002249 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2250 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002251SRST
2252``-portrait``
2253 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2254ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002255
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002256DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2257 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2258 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002259SRST
2260``-rotate deg``
2261 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2262ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002263
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002264DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002265 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002266 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002267SRST
2268``-vga type``
2269 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2270
2271 ``cirrus``
2272 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2273 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2274 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2275 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2276
2277 ``std``
2278 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2279 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2280 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2281 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2282 2.2)
2283
2284 ``vmware``
2285 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2286 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2287 driver for this card.
2288
2289 ``qxl``
2290 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2291 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2292 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2293 protocol.
2294
2295 ``tcx``
2296 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2297 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2298 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2299
2300 ``cg3``
2301 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2302 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2303 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2304 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2305
2306 ``virtio``
2307 Virtio VGA card.
2308
2309 ``none``
2310 Disable VGA card.
2311ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002312
2313DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002314 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002315SRST
2316``-full-screen``
2317 Start in full screen.
2318ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002319
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002320DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002321 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002322 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002323SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002324``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002325 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2326
2327 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2328
2329 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2330 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2331 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2332 OBP.
2333ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002334
2335DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002336 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002337SRST
2338``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2339 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2340 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2341 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2342 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2343 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2344 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2345 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2346 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2347
2348 ``to=L``
2349 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2350 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2351 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2352 application. By default, to=0.
2353
2354 ``host:d``
2355 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2356 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2357 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2358 any host.
2359
2360 ``unix:path``
2361 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2362 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2363
2364 ``none``
2365 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2366 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2367
2368 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2369 separated by commas. Valid options are
2370
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002371 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002372 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2373 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2374 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2375 number, not a display number.
2376
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002377 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002378 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2379 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2380 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2381 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2382
2383 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2384 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2385 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2386
2387 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2388 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2389 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2390
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002391 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002392 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2393 connections.
2394
2395 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002396 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002397 syntax to change your password is:
2398 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2399 either "vnc" or "spice".
2400
2401 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2402 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2403 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2404 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2405 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2406 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2407 this date and time).
2408
2409 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2410 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2411 expire.
2412
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002413 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2414 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2415 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2416 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2417
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002418 ``tls-creds=ID``
2419 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2420 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2421 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2422 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2423 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2424 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2425
2426 ``tls-authz=ID``
2427 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2428 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2429 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2430 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2431 default to denying access.
2432
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002433 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002434 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2435 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2436 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2437 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2438 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2439 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2440 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2441 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2442 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2443 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2444 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2445 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002446 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2447 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002448
2449 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2450 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2451 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2452 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2453 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2454 to denying access.
2455
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002456 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002457 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2458 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2459 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2460 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2461 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2462
2463 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2464 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2465
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002466 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002467 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2468 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2469 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2470 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2471
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002472 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002473 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2474 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2475 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2476 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2477 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2478 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2479
2480 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2481 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2482 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2483 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2484 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2485 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2486 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2487 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2488 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2489 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2490 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2491 traditional QEMU behavior.
2492
2493 ``key-delay-ms``
2494 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2495 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2496 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2497 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2498 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2499 scripts for automated testing.
2500
2501 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2502 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2503 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2504 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2505 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002506
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002507 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002508 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2509 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002510ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002511
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002512ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002513
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002514ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002515
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002516DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002517 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2518 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002519SRST
2520``-win2k-hack``
2521 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2522 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2523 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2524ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002525
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002526DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002527 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2528 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002529SRST
2530``-no-fd-bootchk``
2531 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2532 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2533ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002534
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002535DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002536 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002537SRST
2538``-no-acpi``
2539 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2540 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2541 machine only).
2542ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002543
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002544DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002545 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002546SRST
2547``-no-hpet``
2548 Disable HPET support.
2549ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002550
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002551DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002552 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002553 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002554SRST
2555``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2556 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2557 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2558 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2559 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2560 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2561 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2562 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2563 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2564 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2565ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002566
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002567DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2568 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002569 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002570 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2571 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002572 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002573 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2574 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002575 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2576 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2577 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2578 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2579 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2580 " [,sku=str]\n"
2581 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2582 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002583 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002584 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002585 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002586 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2587 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002588 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002589 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002590 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2591 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2592 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002593 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002594SRST
2595``-smbios file=binary``
2596 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2597
2598``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2599 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2600
2601``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2602 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2603
2604``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2605 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2606
2607``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2608 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2609
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002610``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002611 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2612
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002613``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2614 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2615
2616 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2617 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2618 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2619 concurrently.
2620
2621 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2622 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2623
2624 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2625 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2626
2627 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2628 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2629 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2630 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2631
2632 An example passing three strings is
2633
2634 .. parsed-literal::
2635
2636 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2637 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2638 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2639
2640 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2641
2642 .. parsed-literal::
2643
2644 $ dmidecode -t 11
2645 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2646 OEM Strings
2647 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2648 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2649 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2650
2651
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002652``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2653 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002654
2655``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2656 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2657
2658 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2659 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2660 position on the PCI bus.
2661
2662 Here is an example of use:
2663
2664 .. parsed-literal::
2665
2666 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2667 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2668 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2669
2670 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2671
2672 ..parsed-literal::
2673
2674 $ ip -brief l
2675 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2676 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2677
2678 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2679
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002680ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002681
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002682DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002683
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002684DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002685
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002686DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002687#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002688 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2689 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002690 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002691 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002692 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002693#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002694 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002695#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002696 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2697 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002698#endif
2699#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002700 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2701 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002702#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002703 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002704 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002705 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002706 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002707 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002708 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002709 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2710 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2711 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002712 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002713 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2714 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002715 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002716 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002717 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002718 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002719 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2720 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002721 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002722 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2723 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002724 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002725 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002726 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002727 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002728 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002729 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2730 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2731 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2732 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002733#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002734#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002735 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002736 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2737 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002738 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2739 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2740 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002741 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002742 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002743 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002744 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002745 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2746 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2747 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2748 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002749 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002750 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2751 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2752 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2753 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2754 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2755 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2756 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2757 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2758 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2759 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2760#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002761 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2762 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2763 " using a socket connection\n"
2764 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2765 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002766 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002767 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2768 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2769 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002770#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002771 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2772 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2773 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002774 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2775 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2776#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002777#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002778 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002779 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2780 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2781 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2782#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002783#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002784 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2785 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002786#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002787#ifdef __linux__
2788 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2789 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2790#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002791#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2792 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2793 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2794 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2795 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2796 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2797 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2798 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2799 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2800 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2801 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2802 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2803 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2804 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2805 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2806 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2807 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2808 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2809#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002810 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002811 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002812DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002813 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002814#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2815 "user|"
2816#endif
2817#ifdef __linux__
2818 "l2tpv3|"
2819#endif
2820#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2821 "vde|"
2822#endif
2823#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2824 "netmap|"
2825#endif
2826#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2827 "vhost-user|"
2828#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002829#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2830 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2831#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002832 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2833 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2834 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002835 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002836 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2837 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002838DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002839 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002840 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002841 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002842 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002843#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2844 "user|"
2845#endif
2846 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002847 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002848#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2849 "vde|"
2850#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002851#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2852 "netmap|"
2853#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002854#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2855 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2856#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002857 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002858 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2859 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002860SRST
2861``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2862 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2863 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2864 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2865 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2866 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2867 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2868
2869 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2870 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2871
2872 .. parsed-literal::
2873
2874 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2875 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2876
2877``-nic none``
2878 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2879 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2880 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2881 are provided.
2882
2883``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2884 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2885 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2886
2887 ``id=id``
2888 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2889
2890 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2891 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2892 specified both protocols are enabled.
2893
2894 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2895 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2896 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2897 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2898
2899 ``host=addr``
2900 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2901 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2902
2903 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2904 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2905 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2906 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2907 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2908
2909 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2910 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2911 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2912
2913 ``restrict=on|off``
2914 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2915 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2916 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2917 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2918
2919 ``hostname=name``
2920 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2921 server.
2922
2923 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2924 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2925 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2926 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2927
2928 ``dns=addr``
2929 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2930 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2931 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2932
2933 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2934 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2935 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2936 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2937
2938 ``dnssearch=domain``
2939 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2940 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2941 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2942 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2943 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2944 be resolved.
2945
2946 Example:
2947
2948 .. parsed-literal::
2949
2950 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2951
2952 ``domainname=domain``
2953 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2954 server.
2955
2956 ``tftp=dir``
2957 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2958 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2959 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2960 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2961
2962 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2963 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2964 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2965 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2966 the host address.
2967
2968 ``bootfile=file``
2969 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2970 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2971 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2972
2973 Example (using pxelinux):
2974
2975 .. parsed-literal::
2976
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002977 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002978 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2979
2980 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2981 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2982 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2983 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2984 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2985 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2986
2987 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2988
2989 ::
2990
2991 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2992
2993 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2994 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2995 NT/2000).
2996
2997 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2998
2999 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
3000
3001 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
3002 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
3003 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
3004 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
3005 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
3006 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
3007 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
3008 option can be given multiple times.
3009
3010 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3011 guest screen 0, use the following:
3012
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003013 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003014
3015 # on the host
3016 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3017 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3018 xterm -display :1
3019
3020 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3021 port on the guest, use the following:
3022
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003023 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003024
3025 # on the host
3026 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3027 telnet localhost 5555
3028
3029 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3030 connect to the guest telnet server.
3031
3032 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3033 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3034 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3035 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3036 can be given multiple times.
3037
3038 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3039 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3040
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003041 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003042
3043 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3044 # the guest accesses it
3045 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3046
3047 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3048 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3049 for that virtual server:
3050
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003051 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003052
3053 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3054 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3055 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3056
3057``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3058 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3059
3060 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3061 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3062 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3063 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3064 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3065 disable script execution.
3066
3067 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003068 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003069 The default network helper executable is
3070 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3071 ``br0``.
3072
3073 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3074 host TAP interface.
3075
3076 Examples:
3077
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003078 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003079
3080 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3081 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3082
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003083 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003084
3085 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3086 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003087 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3088 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003089 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3090
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003091 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003092
3093 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3094 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003095 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003096 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3097
3098``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3099 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3100
3101 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3102 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3103 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3104 ``br0``.
3105
3106 Examples:
3107
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003108 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003109
3110 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3111 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3112 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3113
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003114 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003115
3116 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3117 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3118 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3119
3120``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3121 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3122 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3123 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3124 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3125 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3126 already opened TCP socket.
3127
3128 Example:
3129
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003130 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003131
3132 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003133 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3134 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003135 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3136 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003137 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3138 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003139 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3140
3141``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3142 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3143 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3144 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3145 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3146
3147 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3148 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3149
3150 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3151 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3152
3153 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3154
3155 Example:
3156
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003157 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003158
3159 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003160 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3161 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003162 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3163 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003164 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3165 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003166 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3167 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003168 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3169 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003170 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3171
3172 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3173
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003174 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003175
3176 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003177 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3178 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003179 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3180 # launch UML
3181 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3182
3183 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3184
3185 .. parsed-literal::
3186
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003187 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3188 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003189 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3190
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003191``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003192 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3193 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3194 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3195 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3196
3197 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3198 firewall directly.
3199
3200 ``src=srcaddr``
3201 source address (mandatory)
3202
3203 ``dst=dstaddr``
3204 destination address (mandatory)
3205
3206 ``udp``
3207 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3208
3209 ``srcport=srcport``
3210 source udp port.
3211
3212 ``dstport=dstport``
3213 destination udp port.
3214
3215 ``ipv6``
3216 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3217
3218 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3219 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3220 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3221 they are 32 bit.
3222
3223 ``cookie64``
3224 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3225
3226 ``counter=off``
3227 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3228 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3229
3230 ``pincounter=on``
3231 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3232 on networks which have packet reorder.
3233
3234 ``offset=offset``
3235 Add an extra offset between header and data
3236
3237 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3238 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3239
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003240 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003241
3242 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3243 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003244 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003245 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003246 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003247 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3248 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3249 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3250 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3251
3252
3253 # on 4.3.2.1
3254 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3255
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003256 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003257 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3258
3259``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3260 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3261 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3262 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3263 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3264 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3265
3266 Example:
3267
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003268 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003269
3270 # launch vde switch
3271 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3272 # launch QEMU instance
3273 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3274
3275``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3276 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3277 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3278 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3279 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3280 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3281 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3282 multiqueue vhost-user.
3283
3284 Example:
3285
3286 ::
3287
3288 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3289 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3290 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3291 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3292 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3293
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003294``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
3295 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3296
3297 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3298 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3299 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3300 emulated by software.
3301
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003302``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3303 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3304
3305 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3306 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3307 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3308 option.
3309
3310``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3311 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3312 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3313 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3314 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3315 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3316 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3317 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3318 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3319 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3320 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3321 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3322 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3323 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3324 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3325 target.
3326
3327``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3328 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3329 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3330 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3331ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003332
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003333DEFHEADING()
3334
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003335DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003336
3337DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003338 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003339 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003340 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003341 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003342 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003343 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003344 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003345 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003346 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003347 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3348 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003349 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003350 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3351 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3352 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3353 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003354#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003355 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3356 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003357#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003358 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3359 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003360#endif
3361#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003362 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003363#endif
3364#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3365 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003366 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3367 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003368#endif
3369#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003370 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3371 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003372#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003373#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003374 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3375 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003376#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003377 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003378)
3379
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003380SRST
3381The general form of a character device option is:
3382
3383``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3384 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3385 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3386 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3387 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3388 applicable options.
3389
3390 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3391
3392 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3393 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3394 other command line directives.
3395
3396 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3397 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3398 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3399 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3400 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3401 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3402 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3403 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3404 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3405 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3406 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3407 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3408
3409 ::
3410
3411 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3412 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3413 -serial chardev:char0 \
3414 -serial chardev:char0
3415
3416 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3417 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3418 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3419 parallel port:
3420
3421 ::
3422
3423 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3424 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3425 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3426 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3427 -serial chardev:char1 \
3428 -serial chardev:char1
3429
3430 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003431 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3432 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3433 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003434
3435 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3436 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3437 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3438 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3439 and the monitor to stdio.
3440
3441 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3442 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3443 multiple chardevs).
3444
3445 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3446 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3447 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3448 or appended to when opened.
3449
3450The available backends are:
3451
3452``-chardev null,id=id``
3453 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3454 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3455
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003456``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003457 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3458 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3459 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3460 socket.
3461
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003462 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003463
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003464 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003465 to connect to a listening socket.
3466
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003467 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003468 telnet escape sequences.
3469
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003470 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003471 communication.
3472
3473 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3474 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3475 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3476 and is the default.
3477
3478 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3479 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3480 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3481 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3482
3483 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3484 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3485 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3486 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3487 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3488
3489 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3490
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003491 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003492 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3493 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3494 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3495 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3496
3497 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3498 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3499 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3500 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3501
3502 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3503 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3504 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3505 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3506
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003507 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3508 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3509 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003510
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003511 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003512
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003513 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003514 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3515 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003516 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003517 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003518 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003519 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003520
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003521``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003522 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3523
3524 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3525 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3526
3527 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3528 ``port`` is required.
3529
3530 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3531 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3532
3533 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3534 any available local port will be used.
3535
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003536 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003537 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3538
3539``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3540 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3541 does not take any options.
3542
3543``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3544 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3545 specific size.
3546
3547 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3548 of the console, in pixels.
3549
3550 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3551 text console with the given dimensions.
3552
3553``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3554 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3555 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3556
3557``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3558 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3559
3560 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3561 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3562 ``path`` is required.
3563
3564``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3565 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3566 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3567
3568 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3569 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3570
3571 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3572 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3573 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3574 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3575
3576 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3577 required.
3578
3579``-chardev console,id=id``
3580 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3581 does not take any options.
3582
3583 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3584
3585``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3586 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3587
3588 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3589 serial lines.
3590
3591 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3592
3593``-chardev pty,id=id``
3594 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3595 does not take any options.
3596
3597 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3598
3599``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3600 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3601
3602 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3603 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3604 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3605
3606``-chardev braille,id=id``
3607 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3608 options.
3609
3610``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3611 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3612 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3613
3614 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3615
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003616``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3617 \
3618``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003619 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3620 hosts.
3621
3622 Connect to a local parallel port.
3623
3624 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3625 required.
3626
3627``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3628 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3629
3630 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3631
3632 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3633
3634 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3635
3636``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3637 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3638
3639 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3640
3641 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3642
3643 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3644 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3645ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003646
3647DEFHEADING()
3648
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003649#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003650DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003651
3652DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003653 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3654 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3655 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003656 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3657 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3658 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003659 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003660SRST
3661The general form of a TPM device option is:
3662
3663``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3664 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3665 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3666 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3667
3668 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3669
3670The available backends are:
3671
3672``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3673 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3674 passthrough driver.
3675
3676 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3677 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3678 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3679
3680 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3681 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3682 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3683 sysfs entry to use.
3684
3685 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3686
3687 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3688 by any other application on the host.
3689
3690 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3691 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3692 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3693 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3694 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3695 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3696 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3697 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3698 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3699 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3700
3701 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3702
3703 ::
3704
3705 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3706
3707 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3708 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3709
3710``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3711 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3712 socket based chardev backend.
3713
3714 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3715 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3716
3717 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3718
3719 ::
3720
3721 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3722ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003723
3724DEFHEADING()
3725
3726#endif
3727
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003728DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003729SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003730There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003731
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003732 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3733 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3734 - direct kernel image boot
3735 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3736
3737The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3738no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3739hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3740configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3741which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3742often hardware specific.
3743
3744The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3745guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3746development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3747account.
3748
3749ERST
3750
3751SRST
3752
3753For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3754do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3755more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3756flash device for the given machine type.
3757
3758Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3759more detailed documentation.
3760
3761ERST
3762
3763DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3764 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3765SRST
3766``-bios file``
3767 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3768ERST
3769
3770DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3771 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3772SRST
3773``-pflash file``
3774 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3775ERST
3776
3777SRST
3778
3779The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3780other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3781executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3782architecture specific.
3783
3784The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3785what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3786of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3787specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3788Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003789
3790ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003791
3792DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003793 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003794SRST
3795``-kernel bzImage``
3796 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3797 or in multiboot format.
3798ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003799
3800DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003801 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003802SRST
3803``-append cmdline``
3804 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3805ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003806
3807DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003808 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003809SRST
3810``-initrd file``
3811 Use file as initial ram disk.
3812
3813``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3814 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3815
3816 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3817 first module.
3818ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003819
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003820DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003821 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003822SRST
3823``-dtb file``
3824 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3825 kernel on boot.
3826ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003827
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003828SRST
3829
3830Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
3831space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
3832know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
3833will happen when the reset vector executes.
3834
3835The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
3836
3837``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
3838
3839there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
3840tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
3841the guest image is:
3842
3843``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
3844
3845ERST
3846
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003847DEFHEADING()
3848
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003849DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003850
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003851DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003852 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003853 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3854 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3855 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003856 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3857SRST
3858``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3859 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3860
3861 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3862 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3863 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3864 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003865 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3866 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003867 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3868 Emit deprecated command results and events
3869 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3870 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3871
3872 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003873
3874``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3875 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3876
3877 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3878 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3879 ``unstable-input=reject``
3880 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3881 ``unstable-input=crash``
3882 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3883 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3884 Emit unstable command results and events
3885 ``unstable-output=hide``
3886 Suppress unstable command results and events
3887
3888 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003889ERST
3890
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003891DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3892 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003893 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003894 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003895 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003896 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003897SRST
3898``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3899 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3900
3901``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3902 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3903
3904 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3905 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3906 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3907
3908 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3909
3910 Example:
3911
3912 ::
3913
3914 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3915
3916 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3917 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3918ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003919
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003920DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003921 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3922 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003923SRST
3924``-serial dev``
3925 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3926 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3927 graphical mode.
3928
3929 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3930 ports.
3931
3932 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3933
3934 Available character devices are:
3935
3936 ``vc[:WxH]``
3937 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3938 pixel with
3939
3940 ::
3941
3942 vc:800x600
3943
3944 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3945
3946 ::
3947
3948 vc:80Cx24C
3949
3950 ``pty``
3951 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3952
3953 ``none``
3954 No device is allocated.
3955
3956 ``null``
3957 void device
3958
3959 ``chardev:id``
3960 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3961 option.
3962
3963 ``/dev/XXX``
3964 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3965 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3966
3967 ``/dev/parportN``
3968 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3969 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3970
3971 ``file:filename``
3972 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3973
3974 ``stdio``
3975 [Unix only] standard input/output
3976
3977 ``pipe:filename``
3978 name pipe filename
3979
3980 ``COMn``
3981 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3982
3983 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3984 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3985 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3986 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3987
3988 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3989 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3990 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3991 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3992 netconsole session.
3993
3994 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3995 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3996 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3997 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3998 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3999 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
4000 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
4001 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
4002 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
4003 QEMU port.
4004
4005 ``QEMU Options:``
4006 -serial udp::4555@:4556
4007
4008 ``netcat options:``
4009 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4010
4011 ``telnet options:``
4012 localhost 5555
4013
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004014 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004015 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4016 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4017 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004018 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004019 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004020 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004021 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4022 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004023 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4024 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004025 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004026 corresponding character device.
4027
4028 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4029 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4030
4031 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004032 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004033
4034 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004035 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004036
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004037 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004038 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4039 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4040 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4041 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4042 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4043 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4044 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4045 pressing the enter key.
4046
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004047 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004048 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4049 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4050
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004051 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004052 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4053 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4054 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4055
4056 ``mon:dev_string``
4057 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4058 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4059 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4060 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4061 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4062 4444 would be:
4063
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004064 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004065
4066 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4067 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4068 instead.
4069
4070 ``braille``
4071 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4072 output on a real or fake device.
4073
4074 ``msmouse``
4075 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4076 protocol.
4077ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004078
4079DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004080 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4081 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004082SRST
4083``-parallel dev``
4084 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4085 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4086 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4087 port.
4088
4089 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4090 ports.
4091
4092 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4093ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004094
4095DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004096 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4097 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004098SRST
4099``-monitor dev``
4100 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4101 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4102 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4103 monitor.
4104ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004105DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004106 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4107 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004108SRST
4109``-qmp dev``
4110 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
4111ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004112DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4113 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4114 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004115SRST
4116``-qmp-pretty dev``
4117 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
4118ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004119
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004120DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004121 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004122SRST
4123``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304124 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
4125 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
4126 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
4127 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
4128 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004129 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004130ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004131
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004132DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004133 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4134 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004135SRST
4136``-debugcon dev``
4137 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4138 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4139 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4140 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4141 graphical mode.
4142ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004143
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004144DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004145 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004146SRST
4147``-pidfile file``
4148 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4149 from a script.
4150ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004151
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004152DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004153 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004154SRST
4155``-singlestep``
4156 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4157ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004158
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004159DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004160 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004161 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004162SRST
4163``--preconfig``
4164 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4165 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4166 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4167 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4168 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4169 option is experimental.
4170ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004171
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004172DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004173 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4174 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004175SRST
4176``-S``
4177 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4178ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004179
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004180DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004181 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004182 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4183 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4184 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4185 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004186SRST
4187``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004188 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004189``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4190 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4191 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4192
4193 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4194 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004195 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004196
4197 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4198 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4199 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4200 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4201 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4202 taking into account guest idle time.
4203ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004204
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004205DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004206 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4207 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4208 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4209 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004210SRST
4211``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004212 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4213 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004214 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4215 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4216 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4217
4218 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4219
4220 -gdb tcp::3117
4221
4222 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4223 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4224 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4225 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004226
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004227 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004228
4229 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4230ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004231
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004232DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004233 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4234 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004235SRST
4236``-s``
4237 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004238 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004239ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004240
4241DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004242 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004243 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004244SRST
4245``-d item1[,...]``
4246 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4247 items.
4248ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004249
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004250DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004251 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004252 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004253SRST
4254``-D logfile``
4255 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4256ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004257
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004258DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4259 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4260 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004261SRST
4262``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4263 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4264 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4265 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4266 example:
4267
4268 ::
4269
4270 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4271
4272 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4273 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4274 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4275ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004276
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004277DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4278 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4279 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004280SRST
4281``-seed number``
4282 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4283 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4284 within the host.
4285ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004286
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004287DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004288 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4289 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004290SRST
4291``-L path``
4292 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4293
4294 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4295ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004296
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004297DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004298 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4299 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4300 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004301SRST
4302``-enable-kvm``
4303 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4304 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4305ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004306
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004307DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004308 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4309 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004310DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4311 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004312 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004313 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004314DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4315 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4316 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4317 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004318 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004319SRST
4320``-xen-domid id``
4321 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4322
4323``-xen-attach``
4324 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4325 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4326 specified domain id (XEN only).
4327ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004328
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004329DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004330 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004331SRST
4332``-no-reboot``
4333 Exit instead of rebooting.
4334ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004335
4336DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004337 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004338SRST
4339``-no-shutdown``
4340 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4341 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4342 changes to the disk image.
4343ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004344
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004345DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004346 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4347 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004348 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4349 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004350 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004351 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004352 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4353 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4354 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4355SRST
4356``-action event=action``
4357 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4358 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4359 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4360 parameters.
4361
4362 Examples:
4363
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004364 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004365 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004366 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004367
4368ERST
4369
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004370DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4371 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004372 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4373 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004374SRST
4375``-loadvm file``
4376 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4377ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004378
4379#ifndef _WIN32
4380DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004381 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004382#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004383SRST
4384``-daemonize``
4385 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4386 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4387 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4388 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4389 race conditions.
4390ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004391
4392DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004393 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4394 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004395SRST
4396``-option-rom file``
4397 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4398 load things like EtherBoot.
4399ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004400
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004401DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004402 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004403 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4404 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004405
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004406SRST
4407``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4408 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4409 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4410 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4411 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4412 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4413
4414 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4415 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4416 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4417 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4418 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4419 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4420 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4421 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4422 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4423 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4424 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4425 clock.
4426
4427 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4428 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4429 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4430 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4431ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004432
4433DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004434 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004435 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004436 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004437 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4438 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004439SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004440``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004441 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4442 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4443 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4444 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4445
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004446 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4447 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4448 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4449 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4450 with actual performance.
4451
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004452 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4453 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4454 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4455 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4456 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4457 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4458 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4459 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4460 or ``align=on``.
4461
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004462 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4463 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4464 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4465 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4466 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4467 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4468 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4469 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4470 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004471 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4472 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004473
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004474 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4475 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4476 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4477 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4478 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4479 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4480 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4481 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004482ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004483
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004484DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004485 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004486 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4487 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004488SRST
4489``-watchdog-action action``
4490 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4491 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4492 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4493 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4494 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4495 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4496 (do nothing).
4497
4498 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4499 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4500 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4501 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4502
4503 Examples:
4504
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004505 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004506
4507ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004508
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004509DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004510 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4511 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004512SRST
4513``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4514 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4515 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4516 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4517 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4518 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4519 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4520 escape character to Control-t.
4521
4522 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4523
4524ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004525
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004526DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004527 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4528 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004529 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4530 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4531 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4532 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4533 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4534 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004535 " or from given external command\n" \
4536 "-incoming defer\n" \
4537 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004538 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004539SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004540``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004541 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004542``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004543 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4544
4545``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4546 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4547
4548``-incoming fd:fd``
4549 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4550
4551``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4552 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4553 command.
4554
4555``-incoming defer``
4556 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4557 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4558 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4559ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004560
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304561DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4562 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004563SRST
4564``-only-migratable``
4565 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4566 an unmigratable state.
4567ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304568
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004569DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004570 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004571SRST
4572``-nodefaults``
4573 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4574 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4575 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4576 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4577ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004578
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004579#ifndef _WIN32
4580DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004581 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4582 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004583#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004584SRST
4585``-chroot dir``
4586 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4587 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4588ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004589
4590#ifndef _WIN32
4591DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004592 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4593 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004594 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004595#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004596SRST
4597``-runas user``
4598 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4599 switching to the specified user.
4600ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004601
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004602DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4603 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004604 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4605 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004606SRST
4607``-prom-env variable=value``
4608 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4609
4610 ::
4611
4612 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4613 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4614
4615 ::
4616
4617 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4618 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4619 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4620ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004621DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004622 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004623 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004624 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004625SRST
4626``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004627 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004628
4629 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4630 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4631
4632 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4633 information about the facilities this enables.
4634ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004635DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004636 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004637 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004638QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004639QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004640SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004641``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004642 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004643 only).
4644
4645 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4646 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4647
4648 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4649
4650 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4651 libgloss.
4652
4653 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4654 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4655 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4656
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004657 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4658
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004659 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4660 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4661 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4662 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4663
4664 ``chardev=str1``
4665 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4666 output when not in gdb
4667
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004668 ``userspace=on|off``
4669 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4670 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4671 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4672 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4673 bare-metal test case code).
4674
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004675 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4676 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4677 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4678 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4679 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4680 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4681 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4682 takes precedence.
4683ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004684DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004685 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004686SRST
4687``-old-param``
4688 Old param mode (ARM only).
4689ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004690
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004691DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004692 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004693 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004694 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4695 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4696 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004697 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004698 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4699 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004700 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004701 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4702 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004703 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004704 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004705 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004706SRST
4707``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4708 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4709 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4710
4711 ``obsolete=string``
4712 Enable Obsolete system calls
4713
4714 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4715 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4716
4717 ``spawn=string``
4718 Disable \*fork and execve
4719
4720 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4721 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4722ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004723
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004724DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004725 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4726 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004727SRST
4728``-readconfig file``
4729 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4730 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4731 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4732ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004733
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004734DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4735 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004736 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004737 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004738SRST
4739``-no-user-config``
4740 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4741 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4742ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004743
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004744DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004745 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004746 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004747 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004748SRST
4749``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004750 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004751
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004752ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004753DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004754 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004755 " load a plugin\n",
4756 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004757SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004758``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004759 Load a plugin.
4760
4761 ``file=file``
4762 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4763
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004764 ``argname=argvalue``
4765 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004766ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004767
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004768HXCOMM Internal use
4769DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4770DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004771
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004772DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004773 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004774 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004775 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4776 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4777 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004778 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004779SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004780``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004781 Control error message format.
4782
4783 ``timestamp=on|off``
4784 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004785
4786 ``guest-name=on|off``
4787 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4788 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004789ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004790
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304791DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4792 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4793 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4794 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4795 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004796 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304797 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004798SRST
4799``-dump-vmstate file``
4800 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4801 file in file
4802ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304803
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004804DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4805 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4806 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4807 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004808SRST
4809``-enable-sync-profile``
4810 Enable synchronization profiling.
4811ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004812
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004813DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004814
4815DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004816
4817DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4818 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4819 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4820 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4821 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4822 " '/objects' path.\n",
4823 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004824SRST
4825``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4826 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4827 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4828 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4829
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004830 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004831 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4832 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4833
4834 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004835 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4836 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004837
4838 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004839 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004840
4841 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4842 huge page filesystem mount.
4843
4844 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4845 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4846 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4847 region.
4848
4849 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4850 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4851
4852 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4853 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4854 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4855 source tree for additional details.
4856
4857 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4858 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4859 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4860 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4861 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4862 using SIGKILL.
4863
4864 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4865 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4866 the pages for memory deduplication.
4867
4868 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4869 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4870
4871 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4872
4873 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4874 NUMA host nodes.
4875
4876 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4877 following values:
4878
4879 ``default``
4880 default host policy
4881
4882 ``preferred``
4883 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4884
4885 ``bind``
4886 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4887
4888 ``interleave``
4889 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4890 list
4891
4892 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4893 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4894 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4895 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4896 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4897 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4898 option.
4899
4900 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4901 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4902 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4903 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4904 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4905 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4906 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4907 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4908 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4909 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4910 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4911 option.
4912
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004913 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4914 read-only or read-write (default).
4915
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004916 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4917 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4918 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4919 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4920 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4921 options.
4922
4923 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4924 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4925 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4926 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4927 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4928
4929 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4930 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4931
4932 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4933 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4934 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4935 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4936 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4937 system).
4938
4939 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4940 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4941 4.16).
4942
4943 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4944 other options.
4945
4946 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4947
4948 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4949 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4950 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4951 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4952 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4953 uses this RNG backend.
4954
4955 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4956 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4957 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4958 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4959 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4960 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4961 ``/dev/urandom``.
4962
4963 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4964 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4965 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4966 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4967 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4968 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4969 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4970
4971 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4972 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4973 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4974 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4975 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4976 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4977 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4978 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4979 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4980 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4981
4982 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4983 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4984 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4985 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4986 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4987 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4988 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4989 upfront and saved.
4990
4991 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4992 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4993 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4994 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4995 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4996 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4997 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4998 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4999 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
5000
5001 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
5002 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
5003 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
5004 program.
5005
5006 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
5007 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
5008 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5009 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5010 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5011 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5012 front and saved.
5013
5014 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5015 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5016 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5017 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5018 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5019 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5020 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5021 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5022 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5023 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5024 with valid client certificates too.
5025
5026 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5027 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5028 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5029 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5030 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5031 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5032 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5033 upfront and saved.
5034
5035 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5036 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5037 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5038 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5039 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5040 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5041
5042 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5043 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5044 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5045 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5046 password for decryption.
5047
5048 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5049 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5050 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5051 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5052 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5053 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5054 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5055 string as described at
5056 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5057
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005058 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5059 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5060 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5061 to use.
5062
5063 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5064 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5065 host.
5066
5067 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5068 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5069 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5070 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5071 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5072 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5073 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5074 string as described at
5075 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5076
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005077 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5078 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5079 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5080 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5081 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5082 guest-side TLS.
5083
5084 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5085 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5086 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5087 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5088
5089 .. parsed-literal::
5090
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005091 # |qemu_system| \\
5092 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005093 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5094
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005095 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5096 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5097 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5098 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5099 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5100 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5101 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5102
5103 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5104 netfilter.
5105
5106 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5107 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5108
5109 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5110 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5111
5112 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5113 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5114
5115 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5116 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5117 to any netfilter.
5118
5119 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5120 before any existing filters.
5121
5122 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5123 behind any existing filters (default).
5124
5125 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5126 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5127
5128 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5129 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5130 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5131
5132 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5133
5134 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5135
5136 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5137 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5138 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5139 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5140
5141 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5142 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5143 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5144 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5145 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5146 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5147 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5148 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5149
5150 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5151 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5152 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5153 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5154 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5155 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5156
5157 usage: colo secondary: -object
5158 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5159 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5160 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5161
5162 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5163 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5164 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5165 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5166 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5167
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005168 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005169 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5170 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5171 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5172 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5173 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5174 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5175 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5176 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5177 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5178 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5179 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5180 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5181 size depend on user environment.
5182 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005183 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005184
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005185 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5186 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005187
5188 ::
5189
5190 KVM COLO
5191
5192 primary:
5193 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5194 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005195 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5196 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5197 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005198 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005199 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005200 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5201 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5202 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5203 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5204 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5205 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5206
5207 secondary:
5208 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5209 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5210 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5211 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5212 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5213 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5214
5215
5216 Xen COLO
5217
5218 primary:
5219 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5220 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005221 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5222 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5223 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005224 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005225 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005226 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005227 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005228 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5229 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5230 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5231 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5232 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5233
5234 secondary:
5235 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5236 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5237 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5238 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5239 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5240 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5241
5242 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5243 read the colo-compare git log.
5244
5245 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
5246 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
5247 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
5248 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5249 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5250 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5251 of queues is 1.
5252
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005253 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005254
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005255 # |qemu_system| \\
5256 [...] \\
5257 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5258 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005259 [...]
5260
5261 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5262 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5263 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5264 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5265 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5266 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5267 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5268 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5269 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5270 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5271
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005272 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005273
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005274 # |qemu_system| \\
5275 [...] \\
5276 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5277 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5278 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005279 [...]
5280
5281 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005282 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005283 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5284 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5285 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5286 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5287 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5288 sensitive data is encrypted.
5289
5290 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5291 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5292 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5293 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5294 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5295 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5296 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5297
5298 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5299 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5300 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5301 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5302 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5303 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5304 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5305 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5306 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5307
5308 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5309
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005310 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005311
5312 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5313
5314 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5315
5316 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5317 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5318
5319 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5320 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5321 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5322 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5323 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5324
5325 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5326
5327 ::
5328
5329 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5330 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5331
5332 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5333 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5334 secret
5335
5336 ::
5337
5338 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5339 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5340
5341 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5342 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5343 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5344
5345 ::
5346
5347 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5348 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5349
5350 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5351 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5352 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5353
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005354 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005355
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005356 # |qemu_system| \\
5357 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5358 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005359 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5360
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005361 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005362 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5363 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5364 on AMD processors.
5365
5366 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5367 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5368 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5369 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5370 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5371
5372 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5373 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5374 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5375 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5376 the value should be 5.
5377
5378 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5379 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5380 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5381 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5382 CCP driver.
5383
5384 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5385 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5386 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5387 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5388 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5389 guest. The default is 0.
5390
5391 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5392 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5393 from which to share the key.
5394
5395 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5396 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5397 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5398 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5399 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5400
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005401 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5402 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5403 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5404
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005405 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5406
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005407 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005408
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005409 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5410 ...... \\
5411 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5412 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005413 .....
5414
5415 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5416 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5417 network services.
5418
5419 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5420 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5421 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5422 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5423 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5424
5425 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5426 name would look like:
5427
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005428 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005429
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005430 # |qemu_system| \\
5431 ... \\
5432 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005433 ...
5434
5435 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5436 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5437
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005438 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005439 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5440 network services.
5441
5442 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5443 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5444
5445 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5446 look like:
5447
5448 ::
5449
5450 {
5451 "rules": [
5452 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5453 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5454 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5455 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5456 ],
5457 "policy": "deny"
5458 }
5459
5460 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5461 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5462 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5463 ``policy`` value is returned.
5464
5465 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5466 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5467 used.
5468
5469 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5470 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5471
5472 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5473 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5474 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5475
5476 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5477 would look like:
5478
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005479 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005480
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005481 # |qemu_system| \\
5482 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005483 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005484 ...
5485
5486 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5487 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5488 network services.
5489
5490 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5491 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5492 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5493 the ``account`` subsystem.
5494
5495 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5496 distinguished name would look like:
5497
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005498 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005499
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005500 # |qemu_system| \\
5501 ... \\
5502 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005503 ...
5504
5505 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5506 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5507
5508 ::
5509
5510 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5511 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5512
5513 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5514 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5515
5516 ::
5517
5518 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5519
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005520 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005521 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5522 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5523 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5524 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5525 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5526
5527 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5528 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5529 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5530 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5531
5532 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5533 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5534 pinning/affinity.
5535
5536 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5537 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5538 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5539 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5540 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5541 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5542 workload and/or host device latency.
5543
5544 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5545 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5546 setting this value to 0.
5547
5548 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5549 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5550 due to not polling long enough.
5551
5552 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5553 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5554 long polling without encountering events.
5555
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005556 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5557 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5558 its default.
5559
5560 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005561 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5562 ``id``):
5563
5564 ::
5565
5566 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5567ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005568
5569
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005570HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005571
5572#undef DEF
5573#undef DEFHEADING
5574#undef ARCHHEADING